SemaDecl.cpp revision 02b0d651ecd6a4d5171dd0208c0c570c3d7103b7
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 37// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 38#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 39#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 41#include <algorithm> 42#include <cstring> 43#include <functional> 44using namespace clang; 45using namespace sema; 46 47Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 48 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 49} 50 51/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 52/// return the declaration of that type. 53/// 54/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 55/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 56/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 57/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 58/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 59/// 60/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 61/// and then return NULL. 62ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 63 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 64 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 65 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 66 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 67 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 68 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 69 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 70 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 71 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 73 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 74 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 75 76 if (!LookupCtx) { 77 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 78 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 79 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 80 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 81 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 82 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 83 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 84 // 85 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 86 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 87 if (!isClassName) 88 return ParsedType(); 89 90 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 91 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 92 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 93 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 94 95 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 96 QualType T = 97 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 98 II, NameLoc); 99 100 return ParsedType::make(T); 101 } 102 103 return ParsedType(); 104 } 105 106 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 107 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 108 return ParsedType(); 109 } 110 111 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 112 // lookup for class-names. 113 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 114 LookupOrdinaryName; 115 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 116 if (LookupCtx) { 117 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 118 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 119 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 120 // nested-name-specifier. 121 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 122 123 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 124 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 125 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 126 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 127 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 128 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 129 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 130 LookupName(Result, S); 131 } 132 } else { 133 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 134 LookupName(Result, S); 135 } 136 137 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 138 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 139 case LookupResult::NotFound: 140 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 141 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 142 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 143 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 144 return ParsedType(); 145 146 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 147 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 148 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 149 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 150 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 151 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 152 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 153 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 154 return ParsedType(); 155 } 156 157 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 158 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 159 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 160 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 161 if (!IIDecl || 162 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 163 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 164 IIDecl = *Res; 165 } 166 } 167 168 if (!IIDecl) { 169 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 170 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 171 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 172 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 173 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 174 // a type name. 175 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 176 return ParsedType(); 177 } 178 179 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 180 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 181 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 182 // perform the name lookup again. 183 break; 184 185 case LookupResult::Found: 186 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 187 break; 188 } 189 190 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 191 192 QualType T; 193 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 194 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 195 196 if (T.isNull()) 197 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 198 199 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 200 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 201 // Construct a type with type-source information. 202 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 203 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 204 205 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 206 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 207 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 208 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 209 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 210 } else { 211 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 212 } 213 } 214 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 215 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 216 if (!HasTrailingDot) 217 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 218 } 219 220 if (T.isNull()) { 221 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 222 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 223 return ParsedType(); 224 } 225 return ParsedType::make(T); 226} 227 228/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 229/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 230/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 231/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 232/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 233DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 234 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 235 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 236 LookupName(R, S, false); 237 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 238 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 239 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 240 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 241 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 242 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 243 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 244 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 245 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 246 } 247 } 248 249 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 250} 251 252bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 253 SourceLocation IILoc, 254 Scope *S, 255 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 256 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 257 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 258 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 259 260 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 261 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 262 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 263 NotForRedeclaration); 264 265 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 266 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 267 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 268 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 269 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 270 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 271 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 272 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 273 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 274 Result->getNameAsString()); 275 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 276 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 277 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 278 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 279 Result->getNameAsString()); 280 else 281 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 282 283 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 284 << Result->getDeclName(); 285 286 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 287 false, false, ParsedType(), 288 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 289 return true; 290 } 291 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 292 // We corrected to a keyword. 293 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 294 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 295 << &II << Corrected; 296 return true; 297 } 298 } 299 300 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 301 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 302 UnqualifiedId Name; 303 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 304 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 305 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 306 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 307 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 308 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 309 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 310 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 311 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 312 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 313 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 314 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 315 } 316 return true; 317 } 318 } 319 320 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 321 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 322 323 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 324 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 325 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 326 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 327 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 328 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 329 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 330 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 331 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 332 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 333 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 334 } else { 335 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 336 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 337 } 338 339 return true; 340} 341 342// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 343// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 344// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 345DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 346 347 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 348 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 349 // the context we'll need to return to. 350 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 351 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 352 353 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 354 // lexical context. 355 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 356 return DC; 357 358 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 359 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 360 // class is the context we need to return to. 361 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 362 DC = RD; 363 364 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 365 // declared in. 366 return DC; 367 } 368 369 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 370 // of the class. 371 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 372 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 373 374 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 375} 376 377void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 378 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 379 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 380 CurContext = DC; 381 S->setEntity(DC); 382} 383 384void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 385 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 386 387 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 388 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 389} 390 391/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 392/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 393/// 394void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 395 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 396 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 397 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 398 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 399 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 400 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 401 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 402 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 403 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 404 // namespace. 405 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 406 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 407 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 408 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 409 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 410 411 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 412 413#ifndef NDEBUG 414 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 415 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 416 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 417#endif 418 419 CurContext = DC; 420 S->setEntity(DC); 421} 422 423void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 424 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 425 426 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 427 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 428 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 429 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 430 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 431 432 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 433 // disappear. 434} 435 436/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 437/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 438/// 439/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 440/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 441/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 442/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 443/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 444/// attribute. 445static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 446 ASTContext &Context) { 447 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return true; 449 450 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 451 return true; 452 453 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 454 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 455} 456 457/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 458void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 459 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 460 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 461 // scope. 462 while (S->getEntity() && 463 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 464 S = S->getParent(); 465 466 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 467 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 468 // into any context. 469 if (AddToContext) 470 CurContext->addDecl(D); 471 472 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 473 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 474 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 475 D->isOutOfLine()) 476 return; 477 478 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 479 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 480 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 481 return; 482 483 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 484 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 485 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 486 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 487 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 488 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 489 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 490 491 // Should only need to replace one decl. 492 break; 493 } 494 } 495 496 S->AddDecl(D); 497 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 498} 499 500bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 501 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 502 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 503 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 504} 505 506Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 507 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 508 do { 509 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 510 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 511 return S; 512 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 513 514 return 0; 515} 516 517static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 518 DeclContext*, 519 ASTContext&); 520 521/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 522/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 523static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 524 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 525 bool ConsiderLinkage, 526 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 527 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 528 while (F.hasNext()) { 529 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 530 531 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 532 continue; 533 534 if (ConsiderLinkage && 535 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 536 continue; 537 538 F.erase(); 539 } 540 541 F.done(); 542} 543 544static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 545 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 546 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 547 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 548} 549 550/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 551static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 552 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 553 while (F.hasNext()) 554 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 555 F.erase(); 556 557 F.done(); 558} 559 560/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 561/// @code 562/// class S { 563/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 564/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 565/// }; 566/// @endcode 567static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 568 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 569 // the decl here. 570 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 571 return false; 572 573 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 574 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 575 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 576 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 577 return false; 578} 579 580bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 581 assert(D); 582 583 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 584 return false; 585 586 // Ignore class templates. 587 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 588 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 589 return false; 590 591 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 592 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 593 return false; 594 595 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 596 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 597 return false; 598 } else { 599 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 600 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 601 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 602 return false; 603 } 604 605 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 606 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 607 return false; 608 609 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 610 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 611 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 612 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 613 return false; 614 615 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 616 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 617 return false; 618 619 } else { 620 return false; 621 } 622 623 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 624 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 625 return false; 626 627 return true; 628} 629 630void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 631 if (!D) 632 return; 633 634 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 635 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 636 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 637 return; // First should already be in the vector. 638 } 639 640 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 641 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 642 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 643 return; // First should already be in the vector. 644 } 645 646 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 647 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 648 } 649 650static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 651 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 652 return false; 653 654 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 655 return false; 656 657 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 658 return true; 659 660 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 661 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 662 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 663 return false; 664 665 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 666 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 667 668 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 669 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 670 671 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 672 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 673 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 674 return false; 675 } 676 677 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 678 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 679 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 680 return false; 681 682 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 683 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 684 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 685 return false; 686 687 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 688 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 689 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 690 // has no side effects. 691 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 692 return false; 693 } 694 } 695 696 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 697 } 698 699 return true; 700} 701 702/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 703/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 704void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 705 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 706 return; 707 708 unsigned DiagID; 709 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 710 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 711 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 712 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 713 else 714 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 715 716 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 717} 718 719static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 720 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 721 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 722 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 723 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 724 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 725} 726 727void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 728 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 729 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 730 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 731 732 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 733 I != E; ++I) { 734 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 735 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 736 737 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 738 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 739 740 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 741 742 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 743 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 744 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 745 746 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 747 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 748 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 749 750 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 751 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 752 } 753} 754 755/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 756/// 757/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 758/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 759/// to the fixed name. 760/// 761/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 762/// 763/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 764/// if there is no class with the given name. 765/// 766/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 767/// class could not be found. 768ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 769 SourceLocation IdLoc, 770 bool TypoCorrection) { 771 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 772 // creation from this context. 773 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 774 775 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 776 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 777 // find an Objective-C class name. 778 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 779 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 780 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 781 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 782 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 783 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 784 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 785 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 786 787 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 788 } 789 } 790 791 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 792} 793 794/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 795/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 796/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 797/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 798/// ill-formed in C++: 799/// @code 800/// struct S6 { 801/// enum { BAR } e; 802/// }; 803/// 804/// void test_S6() { 805/// struct S6 a; 806/// a.e = BAR; 807/// } 808/// @endcode 809/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 810/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 811/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 812/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 813/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 814/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 815/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 816/// contain non-field names. 817Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 818 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 819 (S->getEntity() && 820 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 821 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 822 S = S->getParent(); 823 return S; 824} 825 826/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 827/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 828/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 829/// built-in. 830NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 831 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 832 SourceLocation Loc) { 833 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 834 835 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 836 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 837 switch (Error) { 838 case ASTContext::GE_None: 839 // Okay 840 break; 841 842 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 843 if (ForRedeclaration) 844 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 845 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 846 return 0; 847 848 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 849 if (ForRedeclaration) 850 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 851 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 852 return 0; 853 } 854 855 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 856 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 857 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 858 << R; 859 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 860 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 861 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 862 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 863 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 864 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 865 } 866 867 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 868 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 869 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 870 SC_Extern, 871 SC_None, false, 872 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 873 New->setImplicit(); 874 875 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 876 // FunctionDecl. 877 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 878 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 879 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 880 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 881 SourceLocation(), 0, 882 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 883 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 884 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 885 } 886 887 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 888 889 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 890 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 891 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 892 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 893 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 894 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 895 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 896 CurContext = SavedContext; 897 return New; 898} 899 900/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 901/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 902/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 903/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 904/// 905void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 906 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 907 // merging checks. 908 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 909 910 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 911 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 912 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 913 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 914 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 915 default: break; 916 case 2: 917 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 918 break; 919 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 920 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 921 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 922 return; 923 case 5: 924 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 925 break; 926 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 927 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 928 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 929 return; 930 case 3: 931 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 932 break; 933 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 934 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 935 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 936 return; 937 case 8: 938 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 939 break; 940 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 941 return; 942 } 943 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 944 } 945 946 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 947 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 948 if (!Old) { 949 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 950 << New->getDeclName(); 951 952 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 953 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 954 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 955 956 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 957 } 958 959 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 960 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 961 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 962 963 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 964 QualType OldType; 965 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 966 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 967 else 968 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 969 970 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 971 // with any extensions enabled. 972 973 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 974 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 975 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 976 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 977 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 978 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 979 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 980 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 981 } 982 983 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 984 // declaration was a typedef. 985 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 986 // spellings don't match exactly. 987 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 988 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 989 990 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 991 return; 992 993 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 994 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 995 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 996 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 997 // to the type to which it already refers. 998 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 999 return; 1000 1001 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1002 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1003 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1004 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1005 // 1006 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1007 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1008 // 1009 // struct S { 1010 // typedef struct A { } A; 1011 // }; 1012 // 1013 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1014 // allow the above but disallow 1015 // 1016 // struct S { 1017 // typedef int I; 1018 // typedef int I; 1019 // }; 1020 // 1021 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1022 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 1023 return; 1024 1025 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1026 << New->getDeclName(); 1027 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1028 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1029 } 1030 1031 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1032 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1033 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1034 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1035 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1036 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1037 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1038 return; 1039 1040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1041 << New->getDeclName(); 1042 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1043 return; 1044} 1045 1046/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1047/// attribute. 1048static bool 1049DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1050 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1051 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1052 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1053 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1054 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1055 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1056 return true; 1057 } 1058 1059 return false; 1060} 1061 1062/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1063static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1064 ASTContext &C) { 1065 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1066 return; 1067 1068 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1069 1070 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1071 // we process them. 1072 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1073 1074 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1075 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1076 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1077 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1078 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1079 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1080 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1081 foundAny = true; 1082 } 1083 } 1084 1085 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1086} 1087 1088/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1089/// to the new one. 1090static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1091 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1092 ASTContext &C) { 1093 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1094 return; 1095 1096 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1097 1098 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1099 // done before we process them. 1100 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1101 1102 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1103 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1104 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1105 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1106 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1107 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1108 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1109 foundAny = true; 1110 } 1111 } 1112 1113 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1114} 1115 1116namespace { 1117 1118/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1119/// C. 1120struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1121 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1122 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1123 QualType PromotedType; 1124}; 1125 1126} 1127 1128/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1129Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1130 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1131 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1132 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1133 1134 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1135 } 1136 1137 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1138 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1139 1140 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1141 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1142 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1143} 1144 1145/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1146/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1147/// GNU89 mode. 1148static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1149 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1150 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1151 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1152 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1153} 1154 1155/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1156/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1157/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1158/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1159/// 1160/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1161/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1162/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1163/// merged with. 1164/// 1165/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1166bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1167 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1168 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1169 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1170 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1171 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1172 else 1173 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1174 if (!Old) { 1175 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1176 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1177 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1178 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1179 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1180 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1181 return true; 1182 } 1183 1184 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1185 << New->getDeclName(); 1186 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1187 return true; 1188 } 1189 1190 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1191 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1192 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1193 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1194 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1195 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1196 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1197 else 1198 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1199 1200 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1201 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1202 1203 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1204 // is an extern inline function. 1205 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1206 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1207 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1208 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1209 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1210 << New; 1211 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1212 return true; 1213 } 1214 1215 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1216 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1217 // calling convention of the first. 1218 // 1219 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1220 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1221 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1222 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1223 // because it is the default calling convention. 1224 // 1225 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1226 // other tests to run. 1227 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1228 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1229 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1230 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1231 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1232 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1233 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1234 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1235 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1236 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1237 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1238 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1239 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1240 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1241 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1242 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1243 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1244 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1245 return true; 1246 } 1247 1248 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1249 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1250 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1251 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1252 } 1253 1254 // Merge regparm attribute. 1255 if (OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1256 if (NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1257 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1258 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1259 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1260 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1261 return true; 1262 } 1263 1264 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1265 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1266 } 1267 1268 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1269 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1270 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1271 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1272 } 1273 1274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1275 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1276 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1277 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1278 // cannot be overloaded. 1279 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1280 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1281 QualType ResQT; 1282 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1283 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1284 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1285 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1286 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1287 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1288 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1289 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1290 else 1291 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1292 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1293 return true; 1294 } 1295 else 1296 NewQType = ResQT; 1297 } 1298 1299 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1300 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1301 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1302 // Preserve triviality. 1303 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1304 1305 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1306 1307 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1308 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1309 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1310 // is a static member function declaration. 1311 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1312 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1313 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1314 return true; 1315 } 1316 1317 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1318 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1319 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1320 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1321 unsigned NewDiag; 1322 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1323 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1324 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1325 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1326 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1327 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1328 else 1329 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1330 1331 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1332 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1333 1334 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1335 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1336 // 1337 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1338 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1339 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1340 if (isFriend) { 1341 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1342 } else { 1343 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1344 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1345 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1346 return true; 1347 } 1348 } 1349 } 1350 1351 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1352 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1353 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1354 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1355 1356 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1357 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1358 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1359 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1360 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1361 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1362 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1363 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1364 } 1365 1366 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1367 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1368 1369 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1370 } 1371 1372 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1373 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1374 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1375 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1376 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1377 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1378 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1379 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1380 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1381 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1382 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1383 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1384 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1385 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1386 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1387 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1388 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1389 New->setType(NewQType); 1390 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1391 1392 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1393 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1394 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1395 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1396 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1397 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1398 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1399 SourceLocation(), 1400 SourceLocation(), 0, 1401 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1402 SC_None, SC_None, 1403 0); 1404 Param->setImplicit(); 1405 Params.push_back(Param); 1406 } 1407 1408 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1409 } 1410 1411 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1412 } 1413 1414 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1415 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1416 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1417 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1418 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1419 // the prototype. 1420 // 1421 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1422 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1423 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1424 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1425 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1426 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1427 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1428 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1429 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1430 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1431 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1432 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1433 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1434 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1435 1436 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1437 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1438 NewProto->getResultType()); 1439 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1440 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1441 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1442 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1443 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1444 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1445 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1446 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1447 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1448 NewParm->getType(), 1449 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1450 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1451 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1452 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1453 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1454 } else 1455 LooseCompatible = false; 1456 } 1457 1458 if (LooseCompatible) { 1459 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1460 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1461 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1462 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1463 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1464 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1465 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1466 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1467 } 1468 1469 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1470 ArgTypes.size(), 1471 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1472 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1473 } 1474 1475 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1476 } 1477 1478 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1479 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1480 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1481 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1482 // signature. 1483 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1484 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1485 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1486 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1487 // library built-in. 1488 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1489 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1490 << Old << Old->getType(); 1491 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1492 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1493 return false; 1494 } 1495 1496 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1497 } 1498 1499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1500 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1501 return true; 1502} 1503 1504/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1505/// known to be compatible. 1506/// 1507/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1508/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1509/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1510/// redeclaration of Old. 1511/// 1512/// \returns false 1513bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1514 // Merge the attributes 1515 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1516 1517 // Merge the storage class. 1518 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1519 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1520 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1521 1522 // Merge "pure" flag. 1523 if (Old->isPure()) 1524 New->setPure(); 1525 1526 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1527 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1528 New->setDeleted(); 1529 1530 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1531 // declarations. 1532 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1533 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1534 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1535 Context); 1536 1537 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1538 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1539 1540 return false; 1541} 1542 1543void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1544 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1545 // Merge the attributes. 1546 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1547 1548 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1549 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1550 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1551 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1552 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1553} 1554 1555/// MergeVarDecl - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and scope 1556/// as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1557/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1558/// 1559/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1560/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1561/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1562/// 1563void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1564 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1565 return; 1566 1567 QualType MergedT; 1568 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1569 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1570 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1571 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1572 return; 1573 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1574 return; 1575 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1576 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1577 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1578 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1579 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1580 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1581 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1582 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1583 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1584 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1585 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1586 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1587 MergedT = New->getType(); 1588 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1589 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1590 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1591 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1592 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1593 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1594 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1595 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1596 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1597 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1598 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1599 Old->getType()); 1600 } 1601 } else { 1602 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1603 } 1604 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1606 << New->getDeclName(); 1607 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1608 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1609 } 1610 New->setType(MergedT); 1611} 1612 1613/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1614/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1615/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1616/// 1617/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1618/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1619/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1620/// 1621void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1622 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1623 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1624 return; 1625 1626 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1627 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1628 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1629 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1631 << New->getDeclName(); 1632 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1633 diag::note_previous_definition); 1634 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1635 } 1636 1637 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1638 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1639 // 1640 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1641 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1642 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1643 << New->getIdentifier(); 1644 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1645 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1646 } 1647 1648 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1649 1650 // Merge the types. 1651 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 1652 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1653 return; 1654 1655 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1656 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1657 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1659 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1660 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1661 } 1662 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1663 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1664 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1665 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1666 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1667 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1668 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1669 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1670 // identifier has external linkage. 1671 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1672 /* Okay */; 1673 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1674 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1675 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1676 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1677 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1678 } 1679 1680 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 1681 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1682 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1683 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1684 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1685 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1686 } 1687 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 1688 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1689 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1690 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1691 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1692 } 1693 1694 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1695 1696 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1697 // need to check for mismatches. 1698 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1699 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1700 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1701 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1702 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1703 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1704 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1705 } 1706 1707 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1708 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1709 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1710 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1711 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1712 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1713 } 1714 1715 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1716 const VarDecl *Def; 1717 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1718 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1719 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1720 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1721 << New->getDeclName(); 1722 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1723 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1724 return; 1725 } 1726 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1727 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1728 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1729 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1730 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1731 // specified at the prior declaration. 1732 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1733 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1734 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1735 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1736 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1737 1738 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1739 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1740 1741 // Inherit access appropriately. 1742 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1743} 1744 1745/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1746/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1747Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1748 DeclSpec &DS) { 1749 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1750 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1751 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1752 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1753 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1754 Decl *TagD = 0; 1755 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1756 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1757 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1758 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1759 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1760 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1761 1762 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1763 return 0; 1764 1765 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1766 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1767 // it's a Type. 1768 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1769 } 1770 1771 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1772 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1773 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1774 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1775 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1776 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1777 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1778 } 1779 1780 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1781 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1782 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1783 if (TagD && !Tag) 1784 return 0; 1785 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1786 } 1787 1788 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1789 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1790 1791 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1792 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1793 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1794 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1795 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1796 1797 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1798 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1799 } 1800 } 1801 1802 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1803 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1804 CurContext->isRecord() && 1805 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1806 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1807 // struct STRUCT; 1808 // and 1809 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1810 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1811 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1812 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1813 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1814 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1815 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1816 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1817 } 1818 } 1819 1820 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1821 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1822 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1823 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1824 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1825 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1826 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1827 1828 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1829 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1830 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1831 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1832 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1833 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1834 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1835 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1836 return Tag; 1837 } 1838 1839 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1840 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1841 } 1842 1843 return TagD; 1844} 1845 1846/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1847/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1848StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1849 StmtResult R; 1850 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1851 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1852 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1853 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1854 do 1855 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1856 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1857 } 1858 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1859 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1860 } 1861 } 1862 return R; 1863} 1864 1865/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1866/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1867/// 1868/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1869static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1870 Scope *S, 1871 DeclContext *Owner, 1872 DeclarationName Name, 1873 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1874 unsigned diagnostic) { 1875 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1876 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1877 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1878 1879 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1880 return false; 1881 1882 // Pick a representative declaration. 1883 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1884 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1885 1886 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1887 return false; 1888 1889 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1890 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1891 1892 return true; 1893} 1894 1895/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1896/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1897/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1898/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1899/// struct, e.g., 1900/// 1901/// @code 1902/// union { 1903/// int i; 1904/// float f; 1905/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1906/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1907/// @endcode 1908/// 1909/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1910/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1911static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1912 DeclContext *Owner, 1913 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1914 AccessSpecifier AS, 1915 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1916 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1917 unsigned diagKind 1918 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1919 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1920 1921 bool Invalid = false; 1922 1923 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1924 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1925 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1926 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1927 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1928 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1929 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1930 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1931 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1932 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1933 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1934 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1935 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1936 Invalid = true; 1937 } else { 1938 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1939 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1940 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1941 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1942 // anonymous union is declared. 1943 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1944 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1945 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1946 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1947 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1948 else 1949 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1950 1951 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1952 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1953 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1954 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1955 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1956 1957 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1958 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1959 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1960 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1961 1962 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1963 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1964 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1965 1966 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1967 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1968 1969 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1970 } 1971 } 1972 } 1973 1974 return Invalid; 1975} 1976 1977/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1978/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1979/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1980static StorageClass 1981StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1982 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1983 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1984 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1985 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1986 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1987 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1988 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1989 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1990 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1991 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1992 } 1993 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1994} 1995 1996/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1997/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1998/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1999static StorageClass 2000StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2001 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2002 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2003 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2004 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2005 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2006 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2007 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2008 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2009 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2010 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2011 } 2012 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2013} 2014 2015/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2016/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2017/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2018/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2019Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2020 AccessSpecifier AS, 2021 RecordDecl *Record) { 2022 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2023 2024 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2025 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2026 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2027 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2028 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2029 2030 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2031 // structs/unions. 2032 bool Invalid = false; 2033 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2034 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2035 unsigned DiagID; 2036 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2037 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2038 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2039 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2040 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2041 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2042 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2043 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2044 Invalid = true; 2045 2046 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2047 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2048 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2049 } 2050 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2051 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2052 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2053 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2054 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2055 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2056 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2057 Invalid = true; 2058 2059 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2060 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2061 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2062 } 2063 2064 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2065 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2066 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2067 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2068 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2069 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2070 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2071 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2072 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2073 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2074 // members (clause 11). 2075 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2076 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2077 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2078 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2079 Invalid = true; 2080 } 2081 2082 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2083 Invalid = true; 2084 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2085 // Any implicit members are fine. 2086 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2087 // This is a type that showed up in an 2088 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2089 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2090 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2091 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2092 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2093 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2094 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2095 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2096 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2097 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2098 else { 2099 // This is a nested type declaration. 2100 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2101 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2102 Invalid = true; 2103 } 2104 } 2105 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2106 // Any access specifier is fine. 2107 } else { 2108 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2109 // member. Complain about it. 2110 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2111 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2112 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2113 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2114 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2115 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2116 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2117 2118 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2119 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2120 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2121 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2122 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2123 else { 2124 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2125 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2126 Invalid = true; 2127 } 2128 } 2129 } 2130 } 2131 2132 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2133 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2134 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2135 Invalid = true; 2136 } 2137 2138 // Mock up a declarator. 2139 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2140 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2141 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2142 2143 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2144 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2145 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2146 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2147 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2148 Record->getLocation(), 2149 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2150 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2151 TInfo, 2152 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2153 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2155 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2156 } else { 2157 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2158 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2159 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2160 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2161 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2162 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2163 // an error here 2164 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2165 Invalid = true; 2166 SC = SC_None; 2167 } 2168 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2169 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2170 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2171 2172 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2173 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2174 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2175 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2176 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2177 } 2178 Anon->setImplicit(); 2179 2180 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2181 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2182 // its members. 2183 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2184 2185 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2186 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2187 // purposes. 2188 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2189 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2190 2191 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2192 Chain, false)) 2193 Invalid = true; 2194 2195 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2196 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2197 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2198 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2199 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2200 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2201 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2202 2203 if (Invalid) 2204 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2205 2206 return Anon; 2207} 2208 2209/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2210/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2211/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2212/// Example: 2213/// 2214/// struct A { int a; }; 2215/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2216/// 2217/// void foo() { 2218/// B var; 2219/// var.a = 3; 2220/// } 2221/// 2222Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2223 RecordDecl *Record) { 2224 2225 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2226 if (!Record) 2227 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2228 2229 // Mock up a declarator. 2230 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2231 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2232 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2233 2234 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2235 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2236 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2237 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2238 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2239 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2240 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2241 TInfo, 2242 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2243 Anon->setImplicit(); 2244 2245 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2246 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2247 2248 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2249 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2250 // purposes. 2251 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2252 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2253 2254 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2255 Record->getDefinition(), 2256 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2257 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2258 2259 return Anon; 2260} 2261 2262/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2263/// given Declarator. 2264DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2265 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2266} 2267 2268/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2269DeclarationNameInfo 2270Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2271 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2272 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2273 2274 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2275 2276 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2277 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2278 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2279 return NameInfo; 2280 2281 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2282 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2283 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2284 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2285 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2286 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2287 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2288 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2289 return NameInfo; 2290 2291 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2292 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2293 Name.Identifier)); 2294 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2295 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2296 return NameInfo; 2297 2298 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2299 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2300 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2301 if (Ty.isNull()) 2302 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2303 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2304 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2305 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2306 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2307 return NameInfo; 2308 } 2309 2310 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2311 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2312 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2313 if (Ty.isNull()) 2314 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2315 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2316 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2317 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2318 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2319 return NameInfo; 2320 } 2321 2322 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2323 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2324 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2325 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2326 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2327 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2328 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2329 2330 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2331 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2332 2333 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2334 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2335 // was qualified. 2336 2337 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2338 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2339 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2340 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2341 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2342 return NameInfo; 2343 } 2344 2345 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2347 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2348 if (Ty.isNull()) 2349 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2350 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2351 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2352 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2353 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2354 return NameInfo; 2355 } 2356 2357 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2358 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2359 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2360 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2361 } 2362 2363 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2364 2365 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2366 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2367} 2368 2369/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2370/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2371/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2372/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2373/// the class or namespace. 2374static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2375 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2376 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2377 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2378 return false; 2379 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2380 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2381 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2382 2383 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2384 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2385 return false; 2386 } 2387 2388 return true; 2389} 2390 2391/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2392/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2393/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2394/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2395/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2396static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2397 DeclarationName Name) { 2398 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2399 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2400 // - types which will become injected class names 2401 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2402 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2403 // few cases here. 2404 2405 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2406 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2407 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2408 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2409 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2410 // Grab the type from the parser. 2411 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2412 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2413 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2414 2415 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2416 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2417 // attached already. 2418 if (!TSI) 2419 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2420 2421 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2422 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2423 if (!TSI) return true; 2424 2425 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2426 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2427 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2428 break; 2429 } 2430 2431 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2432 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2433 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2434 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2435 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2436 break; 2437 } 2438 2439 default: 2440 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2441 break; 2442 } 2443 2444 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2445 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2446 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2447 2448 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2449 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2450 // pointer. 2451 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2452 continue; 2453 2454 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2455 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2456 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2457 return true; 2458 } 2459 2460 return false; 2461} 2462 2463Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2464 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2465} 2466 2467Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2468 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2469 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2470 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2471 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2472 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2473 2474 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2475 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2476 if (!Name) { 2477 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2479 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2480 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2481 return 0; 2482 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2483 return 0; 2484 2485 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2486 // we find one that is. 2487 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2488 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2489 S = S->getParent(); 2490 2491 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2492 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2493 D.setInvalidType(); 2494 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2495 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2496 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2497 return 0; 2498 2499 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2500 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2501 if (!DC) { 2502 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2503 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2504 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2505 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2506 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2507 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2508 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2509 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2510 return 0; 2511 } 2512 2513 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2514 2515 if (!IsDependentContext && 2516 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2517 return 0; 2518 2519 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2520 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2521 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2522 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2523 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2524 D.setInvalidType(); 2525 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2526 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2527 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2528 // definition: 2529 // 2530 // class X { 2531 // void X::f(); 2532 // }; 2533 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2534 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2535 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2536 else 2537 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2538 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2539 2540 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2541 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2542 } 2543 } 2544 2545 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2546 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2547 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2548 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2549 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2550 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2551 D.setInvalidType(); 2552 } 2553 } 2554 2555 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2556 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2557 // name different from T: 2558 // - every static data member of class T; 2559 // - every member function of class T 2560 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2561 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2562 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2563 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2564 << Name; 2565 2566 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2567 // Just return early; it's safer. 2568 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2569 return 0; 2570 } 2571 2572 NamedDecl *New; 2573 2574 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2575 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2576 2577 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2578 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2579 D.setInvalidType(); 2580 2581 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2582 ForRedeclaration); 2583 2584 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2585 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2586 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2587 2588 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2589 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2590 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2591 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2592 /* Do nothing*/; 2593 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2594 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2595 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2596 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2597 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2598 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2599 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2600 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2601 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2602 2603 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2604 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2605 2606 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2607 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2608 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2609 2610 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2611 // out-of-line members. 2612 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2613 2614 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2615 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2616 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2617 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2618 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2619 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2620 // declarations namespace. 2621 // 2622 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2623 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2624 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2625 // 2626 // class X { 2627 // void f(); 2628 // void f(float); 2629 // }; 2630 // 2631 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2632 // 2633 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2634 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2635 // matches. 2636 2637 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2638 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2639 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2640 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2641 } else { 2642 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2643 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2644 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2645 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2646 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2647 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2648 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2649 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2650 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2651 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2652 else 2653 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2654 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2655 D.setInvalidType(); 2656 } 2657 } 2658 } 2659 2660 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2661 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2662 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2663 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2664 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2665 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2666 D.setInvalidType(); 2667 2668 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2669 Previous.clear(); 2670 } 2671 2672 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2673 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2674 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2675 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2676 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2677 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2678 Previous.clear(); 2679 2680 bool Redeclaration = false; 2681 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2682 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2683 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2684 return 0; 2685 } 2686 2687 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2688 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2689 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2690 move(TemplateParamLists), 2691 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2692 } else { 2693 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2694 move(TemplateParamLists), 2695 Redeclaration); 2696 } 2697 2698 if (New == 0) 2699 return 0; 2700 2701 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2702 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2703 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2704 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2705 2706 return New; 2707} 2708 2709/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2710/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2711/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2712static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2713 ASTContext &Context, 2714 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2715 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2716 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2717 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2718 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2719 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2720 SizeIsNegative = false; 2721 Oversized = 0; 2722 2723 if (T->isDependentType()) 2724 return QualType(); 2725 2726 QualifierCollector Qs; 2727 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2728 2729 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2730 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2731 QualType FixedType = 2732 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2733 Oversized); 2734 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2735 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2736 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2737 } 2738 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2739 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2740 QualType FixedType = 2741 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2742 Oversized); 2743 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2744 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2745 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2746 } 2747 2748 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2749 if (!VLATy) 2750 return QualType(); 2751 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2752 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2753 return QualType(); 2754 2755 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2756 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2757 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2758 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2759 return QualType(); 2760 2761 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2762 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2763 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2764 SizeIsNegative = true; 2765 return QualType(); 2766 } 2767 2768 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2769 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2770 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2771 Res); 2772 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2773 Oversized = Res; 2774 return QualType(); 2775 } 2776 2777 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2778 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2779} 2780 2781/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2782/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2783void 2784Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2785 const LookupResult &Previous, 2786 Scope *S) { 2787 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2788 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2789 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2790 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2791 2792 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2793 return; 2794 2795 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2796 2797 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2798 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2799 // declaration. 2800 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2801 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2802 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2803 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2804 S = S->getParent(); 2805 2806 if (S) 2807 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2808 } 2809} 2810 2811/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2812/// does not identify a function. 2813void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2814 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2815 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2816 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2817 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2818 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2819 2820 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2821 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2822 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2823 2824 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2825 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2826 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2827} 2828 2829NamedDecl* 2830Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2831 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2832 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2833 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2834 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2835 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2836 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2837 D.setInvalidType(); 2838 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2839 DC = CurContext; 2840 Previous.clear(); 2841 } 2842 2843 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2844 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2845 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2846 } 2847 2848 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2849 2850 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2851 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2852 2853 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2854 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2855 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2856 return 0; 2857 } 2858 2859 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2860 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2861 2862 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2863 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2864 2865 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2866 // then it shall have block scope. 2867 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2868 // that redeclarations will match. 2869 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2870 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2871 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2872 2873 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2874 bool SizeIsNegative; 2875 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2876 QualType FixedTy = 2877 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2878 Oversized); 2879 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2880 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2881 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2882 } else { 2883 if (SizeIsNegative) 2884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2885 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2887 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2888 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2889 << Oversized.toString(10); 2890 else 2891 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2892 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2893 } 2894 } 2895 } 2896 2897 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2898 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2899 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 2900 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 2901 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2902 Redeclaration = true; 2903 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2904 } 2905 2906 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2907 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2908 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2909 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2910 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2911 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2912 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2913 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2914 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2915 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2916 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2917 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2918 } 2919 2920 return NewTD; 2921} 2922 2923/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2924/// previous declaration. 2925/// 2926/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2927/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2928/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2929/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2930/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2931/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2932/// 2933/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2934/// lookup 2935/// 2936/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2937/// declared. 2938/// 2939/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2940/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2941static bool 2942isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2943 ASTContext &Context) { 2944 if (!PrevDecl) 2945 return false; 2946 2947 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2948 return false; 2949 2950 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2951 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2952 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2953 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2954 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2955 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2956 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2957 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2958 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2959 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2960 return false; 2961 2962 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2963 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2964 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2965 return false; 2966 2967 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2968 // previous declarations. 2969 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2970 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2971 2972 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2973 // isn't the same function. 2974 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2975 return false; 2976 } 2977 2978 return true; 2979} 2980 2981static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2982 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2983 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2984 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 2985} 2986 2987NamedDecl* 2988Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2989 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2990 LookupResult &Previous, 2991 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2992 bool &Redeclaration) { 2993 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2994 2995 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2997 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2998 2999 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3000 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3001 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3002 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3003 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3004 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3005 // an error here 3006 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3007 D.setInvalidType(); 3008 SC = SC_None; 3009 } 3010 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3011 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3012 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3013 3014 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3015 if (!II) { 3016 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3017 << Name.getAsString(); 3018 return 0; 3019 } 3020 3021 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3022 3023 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3024 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3025 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3026 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3027 3028 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3029 // is a GNU extension. 3030 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3031 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3032 else 3033 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3034 D.setInvalidType(); 3035 } 3036 } 3037 3038 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3039 VarDecl *NewVD; 3040 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3041 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3042 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3043 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3044 3045 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3046 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3047 } else { 3048 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3049 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3050 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3051 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3052 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3053 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3054 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3055 SC = SC_Static; 3056 } 3057 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3058 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3059 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3061 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3062 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3063 3064 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3065 // the program is ill-formed. 3066 // 3067 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3068 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3069 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3070 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3071 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3072 } 3073 } 3074 3075 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3076 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3077 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3078 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3079 bool Invalid = false; 3080 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3081 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3082 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3083 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3084 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3085 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3086 /*never a friend*/ false, 3087 isExplicitSpecialization, 3088 Invalid)) { 3089 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3090 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3091 3092 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3093 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3094 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3095 << II 3096 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3097 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3098 return 0; 3099 } else { 3100 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3101 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3102 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3103 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3104 << II 3105 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3106 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3107 3108 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3109 } 3110 } 3111 3112 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3113 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3114 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3115 3116 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3117 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3118 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3119 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3120 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3121 3122 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3123 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3124 3125 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3126 3127 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3128 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3129 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3130 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3131 } 3132 } 3133 3134 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3135 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3136 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3137 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3138 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3139 else 3140 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3141 } 3142 3143 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3144 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3145 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3146 3147 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3148 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3149 3150 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3151 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3152 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3153 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3154 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3155 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3156 switch (SC) { 3157 case SC_None: 3158 case SC_Auto: 3159 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3160 break; 3161 case SC_Register: 3162 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3163 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3164 break; 3165 case SC_Static: 3166 case SC_Extern: 3167 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3168 break; 3169 } 3170 } 3171 3172 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3173 Context, Label)); 3174 } 3175 3176 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3177 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3178 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3179 3180 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3181 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3182 // declaration has linkage). 3183 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3184 isExplicitSpecialization); 3185 3186 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3187 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3188 else { 3189 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3190 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3191 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3192 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3193 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3194 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3195 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3196 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3197 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3198 Previous.clear(); 3199 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3200 } 3201 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3202 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3203 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3204 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3205 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3207 } 3208 3209 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3210 3211 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3212 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3213 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3214 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3215 } 3216 3217 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3218 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3219 // here. 3220 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3221 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3222 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3223 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3224 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3225 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3226 } 3227 } 3228 3229 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3230 // such variables. 3231 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3232 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3233 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3234 3235 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3236 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3237 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3238 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3239 3240 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3241 3242 return NewVD; 3243} 3244 3245/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3246/// -Wshadow. 3247/// 3248/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3249/// scope. 3250/// 3251/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3252/// \param R the lookup of the name 3253/// 3254void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3255 // Return if warning is ignored. 3256 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3257 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3258 return; 3259 3260 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3261 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3262 if (NewDC->isFileContext()) 3263 return; 3264 3265 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3266 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3267 return; 3268 3269 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3270 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3271 return; 3272 3273 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3274 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3275 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3276 if (MD->isStatic()) 3277 return; 3278 3279 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3280 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3281 // Don't warn for this case: 3282 // 3283 // @code 3284 // extern int bob; 3285 // void f() { 3286 // extern int bob; 3287 // } 3288 // @endcode 3289 if (D->isExternC()) 3290 return; 3291 3292 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3293 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3294 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3295 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3296 I != E; ++I) 3297 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3298 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3299 break; 3300 } 3301 } 3302 3303 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3304 3305 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3306 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3307 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3308 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3309 return; 3310 3311 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3312 // static data members from base classes? 3313 3314 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3315 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3316 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3317 } 3318 3319 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3320 unsigned Kind; 3321 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3322 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3323 Kind = 3; // field 3324 else 3325 Kind = 2; // static data member 3326 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3327 Kind = 1; // global 3328 else 3329 Kind = 0; // local 3330 3331 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3332 3333 // Emit warning and note. 3334 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3335 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3336} 3337 3338/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3339void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3340 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3341 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3342 return; 3343 3344 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3345 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3346 LookupName(R, S); 3347 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3348} 3349 3350/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3351/// declaration. 3352/// 3353/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3354/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3355/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3356/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3357/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3358/// 3359/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3360void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3361 LookupResult &Previous, 3362 bool &Redeclaration) { 3363 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3364 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3365 return; 3366 3367 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3368 3369 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3370 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3371 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3372 } 3373 3374 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3375 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3376 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3377 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3378 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3379 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3380 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3381 } 3382 3383 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3384 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3385 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3386 3387 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3388 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3389 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3390 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3391 3392 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3393 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3394 bool SizeIsNegative; 3395 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3396 QualType FixedTy = 3397 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3398 Oversized); 3399 3400 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3401 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3402 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3403 // int a[10][n]; 3404 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3405 3406 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3407 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3408 << SizeRange; 3409 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3410 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3411 << SizeRange; 3412 else 3413 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3414 << SizeRange; 3415 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3416 } 3417 3418 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3419 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3421 else 3422 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3423 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3424 } 3425 3426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3427 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3428 } 3429 3430 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3431 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3432 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3433 // declaration with the same name. 3434 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3435 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3436 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3437 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3438 } 3439 3440 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3441 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3442 << T; 3443 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3444 } 3445 3446 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3447 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3448 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3449 } 3450 3451 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3452 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3453 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3454 } 3455 3456 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3457 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3458 QualType Pointee; 3459 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3460 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3461 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3462 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3463 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3464 PtrOrRef = 1; 3465 } 3466 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3467 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3468 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3469 << PtrOrRef; 3470 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3471 } 3472 3473 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3474 Redeclaration = true; 3475 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3476 } 3477} 3478 3479/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3480struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3481 Sema *S; 3482 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3483}; 3484 3485/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3486/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3487/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3488static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3489 CXXBasePath &Path, 3490 void *UserData) { 3491 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3492 3493 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3494 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3495 3496 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3497 3498 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3499 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3500 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3501 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3502 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3503 3504 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3505 } 3506 3507 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3508 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3509 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3510 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3511 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3512 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3513 return true; 3514 } 3515 } 3516 3517 return false; 3518} 3519 3520/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3521/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3522bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3523 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3524 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3525 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3526 Data.Method = MD; 3527 Data.S = this; 3528 bool AddedAny = false; 3529 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3530 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3531 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3532 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3533 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3534 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3535 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3536 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3537 AddedAny = true; 3538 } 3539 } 3540 } 3541 } 3542 3543 return AddedAny; 3544} 3545 3546static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3547 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3548 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3549 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3550 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3551 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3552 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3553 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3554 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3555 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3556 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3557 } 3558} 3559 3560NamedDecl* 3561Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3562 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3563 LookupResult &Previous, 3564 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3565 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3566 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3567 3568 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3569 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3570 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3571 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3572 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3573 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3574 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3575 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3576 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3577 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3578 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3579 D.setInvalidType(); 3580 break; 3581 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3582 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3583 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3584 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3585 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3586 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3587 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3588 // other than extern 3589 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3590 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3591 diag::err_static_block_func); 3592 SC = SC_None; 3593 } else 3594 SC = SC_Static; 3595 break; 3596 } 3597 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3598 } 3599 3600 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3601 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3602 3603 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3604 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3605 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3606 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3607 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3608 D.setInvalidType(); 3609 } 3610 3611 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3612 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3613 bool isFriend = false; 3614 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3615 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3616 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3617 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3618 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3619 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3620 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3621 3622 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3623 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3624 // prototype. This true when: 3625 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3626 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3627 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3628 bool HasPrototype = 3629 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3630 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3631 3632 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3633 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3634 HasPrototype); 3635 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3636 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3637 3638 // Set the lexical context. 3639 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3640 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3641 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 3642 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3643 } else { 3644 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3645 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3646 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3647 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3648 3649 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3650 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3651 // the class has been completely parsed. 3652 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3653 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3654 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3655 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3656 AbstractReturnType)) 3657 D.setInvalidType(); 3658 3659 3660 if (isFriend) { 3661 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3662 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3663 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3664 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3665 } 3666 3667 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3668 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3669 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3670 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3671 3672 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3673 3674 // Create the new declaration 3675 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3676 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3677 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3678 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3679 isExplicit, isInline, 3680 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3681 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3682 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3683 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3684 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3685 3686 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3687 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3688 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3689 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3690 isInline, 3691 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3692 isVirtualOkay = true; 3693 } else { 3694 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3695 3696 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3697 // code path. 3698 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3699 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 3700 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3701 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3702 D.setInvalidType(); 3703 } 3704 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3705 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3706 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3707 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3708 return 0; 3709 } 3710 3711 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3712 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3713 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3714 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3715 isInline, isExplicit, 3716 SourceLocation()); 3717 3718 isVirtualOkay = true; 3719 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3720 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3721 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3722 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3723 // constructor if it has no return type). 3724 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3725 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3726 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3727 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3728 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3729 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3730 return 0; 3731 } 3732 3733 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3734 3735 // [class.free]p1: 3736 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3737 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3738 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3739 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3740 isStatic = true; 3741 3742 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3743 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3744 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3745 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3746 isStatic = true; 3747 3748 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3749 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3750 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3751 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3752 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3753 SourceLocation()); 3754 3755 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3756 } else { 3757 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3758 // prototype. This true when: 3759 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3760 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3761 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3762 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3763 } 3764 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3765 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3766 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3767 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3768 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3769 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3770 3771 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3772 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3773 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3774 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3775 3776 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3777 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3778 bool Invalid = false; 3779 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3780 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3781 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3782 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3783 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3784 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3785 isFriend, 3786 isExplicitSpecialization, 3787 Invalid)) { 3788 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3789 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3790 3791 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3792 // This is a function template 3793 3794 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3795 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3796 return 0; 3797 3798 // A destructor cannot be a template. 3799 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3800 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 3801 return 0; 3802 } 3803 3804 3805 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3806 NewFD->getLocation(), 3807 Name, TemplateParams, 3808 NewFD); 3809 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3810 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3811 } else { 3812 // This is a function template specialization. 3813 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3814 3815 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3816 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3817 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3818 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3819 3820 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3821 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3822 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3823 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3824 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3825 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3826 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3827 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3828 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3829 } 3830 3831 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3832 << Name << RemoveRange 3833 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3834 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3835 } 3836 } 3837 } 3838 3839 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3840 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3841 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3842 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3843 } 3844 3845 if (Invalid) { 3846 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3847 if (FunctionTemplate) 3848 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3849 } 3850 3851 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3852 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3853 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3854 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3855 // 3856 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3857 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3858 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3859 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3860 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3861 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3862 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3863 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3864 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3865 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3866 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 3867 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 3868 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3869 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 3870 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3871 } else { 3872 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3873 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3874 } 3875 } 3876 3877 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3878 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3879 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3880 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3881 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3882 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3883 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3884 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3885 } 3886 } 3887 3888 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3889 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3890 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3891 // and 12.3.2. 3892 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3893 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3894 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3895 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3896 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3897 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3898 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3899 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3900 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3901 // or conversion function. 3902 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3903 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3904 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3905 } 3906 } 3907 3908 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3909 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 3910 isExplicitSpecialization || 3911 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 3912 3913 if (isFriend) { 3914 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3915 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3916 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3917 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3918 } 3919 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3920 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3921 } 3922 3923 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3924 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 3925 // definition. 3926 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3927 } 3928 3929 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3930 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3931 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3932 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3933 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3934 // the class. 3935 3936 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3937 // member function definition. 3938 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3939 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3940 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3941 } 3942 } 3943 3944 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3945 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3946 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3947 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3948 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3949 SE->getString())); 3950 } 3951 3952 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3953 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3954 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3955 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 3956 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3957 3958 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3959 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3960 // single void argument. 3961 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3962 // already checks for that case. 3963 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3964 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3965 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3966 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3967 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3968 3969 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3970 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3972 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3973 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3974 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3975 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3976 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3977 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3978 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3979 Params.push_back(Param); 3980 3981 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3982 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3983 } 3984 } 3985 3986 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3987 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3988 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3989 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3990 // 3991 // @code 3992 // typedef void fn(int); 3993 // fn f; 3994 // @endcode 3995 3996 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3997 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3998 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3999 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4000 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4001 Params.push_back(Param); 4002 } 4003 } else { 4004 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4005 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4006 } 4007 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4008 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4009 4010 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4011 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4012 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4013 4014 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4015 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4016 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4017 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4018 Redeclaration); 4019 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4020 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4021 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4022 } else { 4023 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4024 // argument list into our AST format. 4025 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4026 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4027 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4028 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4029 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4030 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4031 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4032 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4033 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4034 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4035 TemplateArgs); 4036 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4037 4038 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4039 4040 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4041 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4042 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4043 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4044 4045 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4046 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4047 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4048 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4049 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4050 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4051 // too few of them). 4052 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4053 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4054 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4055 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4056 "template<> "); 4057 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4058 } else { 4059 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4060 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4061 } 4062 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4063 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4064 // wrote something like: 4065 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4066 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4067 // friend void foo<>(int); 4068 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4069 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4070 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4071 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4072 } 4073 4074 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4075 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4076 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4077 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4078 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4079 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4080 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4081 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4082 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4083 Previous)) 4084 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4085 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4086 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4087 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4088 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4089 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4090 return 0; 4091 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4092 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4093 Previous)) 4094 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4095 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4096 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4097 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4098 } 4099 4100 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4101 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4102 Redeclaration); 4103 4104 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4105 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4106 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4107 4108 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4109 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4110 : NewFD); 4111 4112 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4113 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4114 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4115 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4116 4117 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4118 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4119 4120 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4121 } 4122 4123 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4124 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4125 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4126 4127 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4128 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4129 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4130 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4131 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4132 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4133 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4134 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4135 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4136 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4137 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4138 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4139 DC->isDependentContext()) 4140 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4141 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4142 } 4143 4144 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4145 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4146 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4147 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4148 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4149 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4150 4151 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4152 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4153 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4154 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4155 4156 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4157 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4158 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4159 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4160 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4161 // can actually do this check immediately. 4162 if (isFriend && 4163 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 4164 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4165 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4166 // ignore these 4167 } else { 4168 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4169 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4170 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4171 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4172 // 4173 // class X { 4174 // void f() const; 4175 // }; 4176 // 4177 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4178 // 4179 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4180 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4181 // whether the parameter types are references). 4182 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4183 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4184 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4185 4186 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4187 } 4188 4189 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4190 // to something. 4191 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4192 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4193 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4194 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4195 } 4196 4197 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4198 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4199 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4200 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4201 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4202 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4203 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4204 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4205 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4206 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4207 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4208 } 4209 } 4210 4211 4212 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4213 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4214 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4215 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4216 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4217 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4218 4219 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4220 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4221 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4222 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4223 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4224 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4226 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4227 } 4228 } 4229 4230 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4231 4232 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4233 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4234 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4235 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4236 << NewFD; 4237 4238 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4239 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4240 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4241 EPI.Variadic = true; 4242 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4243 4244 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4245 NewFD->setType(R); 4246 } 4247 4248 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4249 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4250 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4251 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4252 4253 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4254 // map of such names. 4255 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4256 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4257 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4258 4259 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4260 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4261 4262 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4263 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4264 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4265 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4266 return FunctionTemplate; 4267 } 4268 } 4269 4270 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4271 4272 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4273 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4274 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4275 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4276 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4277 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4278 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4279 4280 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4281 } 4282 } 4283 4284 return NewFD; 4285} 4286 4287/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4288/// 4289/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4290/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4291/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4292/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4293/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4294/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4295/// via InstantiateDecl). 4296/// 4297/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4298/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4299/// 4300/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4301void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4302 LookupResult &Previous, 4303 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4304 bool &Redeclaration) { 4305 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4306 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4307 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4308 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4309 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4310 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4311 4312 return; 4313 } 4314 4315 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4316 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4317 // because all functions have linkage. 4318 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4319 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4320 } 4321 4322 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4323 CheckMain(NewFD); 4324 4325 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4326 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4327 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4328 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4329 // declaration with the same name. 4330 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4331 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4332 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4333 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4334 } 4335 4336 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4337 // the same name, if appropriate. 4338 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4339 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4340 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4341 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4342 // function to the scope. 4343 4344 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4345 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4346 Redeclaration = true; 4347 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4348 } else { 4349 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4350 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4351 case Ovl_Match: 4352 Redeclaration = true; 4353 break; 4354 4355 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4356 Redeclaration = true; 4357 break; 4358 4359 case Ovl_Overload: 4360 Redeclaration = false; 4361 break; 4362 } 4363 4364 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4365 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4366 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4367 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4368 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4369 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4370 if (Redeclaration) 4371 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4372 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4373 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4374 if (OverloadedDecl) 4375 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4376 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4377 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4378 Context)); 4379 } 4380 } 4381 4382 if (Redeclaration) { 4383 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4384 // merged. 4385 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4386 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4387 4388 Previous.clear(); 4389 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4390 4391 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4392 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4393 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4394 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4395 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4396 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4397 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4398 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4399 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4400 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4401 } 4402 4403 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4404 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4405 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4406 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4407 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4408 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4409 } 4410 } else { 4411 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4412 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4413 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4414 } 4415 } 4416 } 4417 4418 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4419 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4420 // C++-specific checks. 4421 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4422 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4423 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4424 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4425 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4426 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4427 4428 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4429 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4430 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4431 DeclarationName Name 4432 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4433 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4434 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4435 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4436 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4437 } 4438 } 4439 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4440 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4441 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4442 } 4443 4444 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4445 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4446 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4447 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4448 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4449 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4450 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4451 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4452 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4453 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4454 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4455 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4456 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4457 ++Overridden) { 4458 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4459 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4460 } 4461 } 4462 } 4463 } 4464 } 4465 4466 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4467 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4468 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4469 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4470 4471 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4472 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4473 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4474 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4475 4476 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4477 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4478 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4479 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4480 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4481 4482 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4483 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4484 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4485 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4486 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4487 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4488 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4489 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4490 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4491 } 4492 } 4493 } 4494} 4495 4496void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4497 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4498 // or static is ill-formed. 4499 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4500 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4501 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4502 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4503 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4504 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4505 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4506 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4507 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4508 4509 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4510 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4511 } 4512 4513 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4514 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4515 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4516 4517 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4518 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4519 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4520 } 4521 4522 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4523 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4524 4525 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4526 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4527 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4528 4529 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4530 4531 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4532 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4533 // getting shifty. 4534 if (nparams == 4 && 4535 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4536 HasExtraParameters = false; 4537 4538 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4539 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4540 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4541 nparams = 3; 4542 } 4543 4544 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4545 // if we had some location information about types. 4546 4547 QualType CharPP = 4548 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4549 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4550 4551 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4552 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4553 4554 bool mismatch = true; 4555 4556 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4557 mismatch = false; 4558 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4559 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4560 // char const ** 4561 // char const * const * 4562 // char * const * 4563 4564 QualifierCollector qs; 4565 const PointerType* PT; 4566 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4567 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4568 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4569 qs.removeConst(); 4570 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4571 } 4572 } 4573 4574 if (mismatch) { 4575 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4576 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4577 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4578 } 4579 } 4580 4581 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4582 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4583 } 4584 4585 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4586 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4587 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4588 } 4589} 4590 4591bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4592 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4593 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4594 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4595 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4596 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4597 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4598 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4599 // rules there don't matter.) 4600 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4601 return false; 4602 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4603 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4604 return true; 4605} 4606 4607/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4608/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4609/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4610void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 4611 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4612 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4613 // the initializer. 4614 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 4615 return; 4616 4617 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4618 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4619 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4620 // Thus this grotesque test. 4621 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4622 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4623 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4624 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4625 else { 4626 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4627 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4628 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4629 } 4630 return; 4631 } 4632 4633 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4634 if (!VDecl) { 4635 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4636 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4637 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4638 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4639 else 4640 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4641 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4642 return; 4643 } 4644 4645 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 4646 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 4647 QualType DeducedType; 4648 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getType(), Init, DeducedType)) { 4649 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 4650 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 4651 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4652 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4653 return; 4654 } 4655 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 4656 4657 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 4658 // the previously declared type. 4659 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 4660 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 4661 } 4662 4663 4664 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4665 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4666 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4667 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4668 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4669 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4670 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4671 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4672 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4673 return; 4674 } 4675 4676 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4677 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4678 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4679 AbstractVariableType)) 4680 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4681 4682 const VarDecl *Def; 4683 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4684 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4685 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4686 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4687 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4688 return; 4689 } 4690 4691 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4692 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4693 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4694 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4695 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4696 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4697 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4698 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4699 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4700 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4701 // 4702 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4703 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4704 // declaration with an initializer. 4705 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4706 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4707 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4708 return; 4709 } 4710 4711 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4712 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4713 4714 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4715 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4716 return; 4717 } 4718 } 4719 4720 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4721 // initialization. 4722 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4723 4724 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4725 InitializationKind Kind 4726 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4727 Init->getLocStart(), 4728 Init->getLocEnd()) 4729 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4730 Init->getLocStart()); 4731 4732 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4733 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4734 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4735 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4736 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4737 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4738 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4739 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4740 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4741 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4742 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4743 &DclT); 4744 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4745 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4746 return; 4747 } 4748 4749 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4750 4751 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4752 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4753 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4754 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4755 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4756 } 4757 } 4758 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4759 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4760 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4761 // 4762 // struct S { 4763 // static const int value = 17; 4764 // }; 4765 4766 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4767 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4768 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4769 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4770 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4771 &DclT); 4772 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4773 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4774 return; 4775 } 4776 4777 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4778 } 4779 4780 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4781 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4782 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4783 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4784 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4785 4786 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4787 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4788 4789 // Require constness. 4790 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4791 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4792 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4793 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4794 4795 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4796 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4797 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4798 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4799 llvm::APSInt Value; 4800 SourceLocation Loc; 4801 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4803 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4804 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4805 } 4806 } 4807 4808 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4809 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4810 // implement fully. 4811 } else { 4812 bool Allowed = false; 4813 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4814 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4815 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4816 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4817 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4818 Allowed = true; 4819 } 4820 4821 if (!Allowed) { 4822 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4823 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4824 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4825 4826 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4827 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4828 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4829 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4830 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4831 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4832 } 4833 } 4834 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4835 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4836 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4837 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4838 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4839 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4840 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4841 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4842 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4843 &DclT); 4844 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4845 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4846 return; 4847 } 4848 4849 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4850 } 4851 4852 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4853 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4854 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4855 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4856 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4857 } 4858 } 4859 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4860 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4861 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4862 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4863 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4864 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4865 Init->setType(DclT); 4866 } 4867 4868 4869 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4870 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4871 // global/static definition. 4872 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4873 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4874 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4875 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4876 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4877 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4878 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4879 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4880 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4881 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4882 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4883 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4884 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4885 } 4886 } 4887 } 4888 4889 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4890 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4891 4892 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4893 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4894 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4895 4896 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 4897} 4898 4899/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4900/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4901/// of sanity. 4902void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4903 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4904 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4905 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4906 4907 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4908 if (!VD) return; 4909 4910 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 4911 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 4912 D->setInvalidDecl(); 4913 return; 4914 } 4915 4916 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4917 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4918 4919 // Require a complete type. 4920 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4921 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4922 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4923 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4924 return; 4925 } 4926 4927 // Require an abstract type. 4928 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4929 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4930 AbstractVariableType)) { 4931 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4932 return; 4933 } 4934 4935 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4936 // though. 4937} 4938 4939void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4940 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4941 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4942 if (RealDecl == 0) 4943 return; 4944 4945 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4946 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4947 4948 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4949 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 4950 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4951 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4952 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4953 return; 4954 } 4955 4956 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4957 case VarDecl::Definition: 4958 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4959 break; 4960 4961 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4962 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4963 // a declaration. 4964 // 4965 // Fall through 4966 4967 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4968 // It's only a declaration. 4969 4970 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4971 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4972 // object shall be complete. 4973 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4974 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4975 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4976 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4977 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4978 4979 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4980 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4981 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4982 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4983 AbstractVariableType)) 4984 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4985 return; 4986 4987 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4988 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4989 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4990 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4991 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4992 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4993 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4994 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4995 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4996 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4997 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4998 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4999 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5000 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5001 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5002 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5003 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5004 // NOTE: code such as the following 5005 // static struct s; 5006 // struct s { int a; }; 5007 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5008 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5009 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5010 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5011 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5012 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5013 } 5014 } 5015 5016 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5017 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5018 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5019 return; 5020 } 5021 5022 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5023 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5024 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5025 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5026 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5027 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5028 return; 5029 } 5030 5031 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5032 // definitions with reference type. 5033 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5034 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5035 << Var->getDeclName() 5036 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5037 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5038 return; 5039 } 5040 5041 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5042 // variable with dependent type. 5043 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5044 return; 5045 5046 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5047 return; 5048 5049 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5050 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5051 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5052 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5053 return; 5054 } 5055 5056 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5057 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5058 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5059 AbstractVariableType)) { 5060 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5061 return; 5062 } 5063 5064 const RecordType *Record 5065 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5066 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5067 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5068 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5069 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5070 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5071 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5072 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5073 // type shall have a user-declared default 5074 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5075 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5076 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5077 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5078 // program is ill-formed. 5079 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 5080 } else { 5081 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5082 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5083 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5084 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5085 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5086 5087 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5088 InitializationKind Kind 5089 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5090 5091 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5092 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5093 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5094 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5095 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5096 else if (Init.get()) 5097 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5098 } 5099 5100 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5101 } 5102} 5103 5104void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5105 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5106 5107 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5108 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5109 5110 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5111 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5112 5113 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5114 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5115 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5116 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5117 5118 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5119 // constructing this copy. 5120 QualType type = var->getType(); 5121 5122 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5123 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5124 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5125 ExprResult result = 5126 PerformCopyInitialization( 5127 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5128 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5129 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5130 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5131 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5132 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5133 } 5134 } 5135 } 5136 5137 // Check for global constructors. 5138 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5139 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5140 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5141 var->getInit() && 5142 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5143 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5144 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5145 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5146 5147 // Require the destructor. 5148 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5149 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5150} 5151 5152/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5153/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5154void 5155Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5156 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5157 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5158} 5159 5160Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5161Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5162 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5163 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5164 5165 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5166 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5167 5168 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5169 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5170 Decls.push_back(D); 5171 5172 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5173 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5174} 5175 5176/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5177/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5178Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5179Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5180 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5181 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5182 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5183 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5184 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5185 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5186 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5187 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5188 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5189 QualType Deduced; 5190 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5191 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5192 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5193 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5194 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5195 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5196 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5197 break; 5198 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5199 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5200 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5201 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5202 Deduced = U; 5203 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5204 DeducedDecl = D; 5205 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5206 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5207 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5208 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5209 << U << D->getDeclName() 5210 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5211 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5212 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5213 break; 5214 } 5215 } 5216 } 5217 } 5218 } 5219 5220 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5221} 5222 5223 5224/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5225/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5226Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5227 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5228 5229 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5230 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5231 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5232 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5233 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5234 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5235 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5236 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5237 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5238 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5239 } 5240 5241 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5242 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5243 5244 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5245 5246 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5247 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5248 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5249 5250 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5251 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5252 // parameter. 5253 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5254 5255 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5256 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5257 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5258 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5259 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5260 } 5261 5262 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5263 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5265 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5266 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5267 } 5268 } 5269 5270 // Ensure we have a valid name 5271 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5272 if (D.hasName()) { 5273 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5274 if (!II) { 5275 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5276 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5277 D.setInvalidType(true); 5278 } 5279 } 5280 5281 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5282 if (II) { 5283 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5284 ForRedeclaration); 5285 LookupName(R, S); 5286 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5287 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5288 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5289 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5290 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5291 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5292 PrevDecl = 0; 5293 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5294 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5295 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5296 5297 // Recover by removing the name 5298 II = 0; 5299 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5300 D.setInvalidType(true); 5301 } 5302 } 5303 } 5304 5305 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5306 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5307 // looking like class members in C++. 5308 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5309 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5310 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5311 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5312 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5313 5314 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5315 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5316 5317 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5318 S->AddDecl(New); 5319 if (II) 5320 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5321 5322 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5323 5324 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5325 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5326 } 5327 return New; 5328} 5329 5330/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5331/// typedef. 5332ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5333 SourceLocation Loc, 5334 QualType T) { 5335 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5336 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5337 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5338 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5339 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5340 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5341 Param->setImplicit(); 5342 return Param; 5343} 5344 5345void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5346 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5347 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5348 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5349 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5350 return; 5351 5352 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5353 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5354 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5355 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5356 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5357 } 5358 } 5359} 5360 5361void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5362 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5363 QualType ReturnTy, 5364 NamedDecl *D) { 5365 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5366 return; 5367 5368 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5369 // threshold. 5370 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5371 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5372 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5373 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5374 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5375 } 5376 5377 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5378 // threshold. 5379 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5380 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5381 if (!T->isPODType()) 5382 continue; 5383 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5384 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5385 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5386 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5387 } 5388} 5389 5390ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5391 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5392 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5393 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5394 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5395 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5396 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5397 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5398 0); 5399 5400 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5401 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5402 // the class has been completely parsed. 5403 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5404 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5405 AbstractParamType)) 5406 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5407 5408 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5409 // passed by reference. 5410 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5411 Diag(NameLoc, 5412 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5413 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5414 } 5415 5416 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5417 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5418 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5419 // an address space. 5420 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5421 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5422 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5423 } 5424 5425 return New; 5426} 5427 5428void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5429 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5430 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5431 5432 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5433 // for a K&R function. 5434 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5435 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5436 --i; 5437 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5438 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5439 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5440 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5441 << ";\n"; 5442 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5443 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5444 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5445 5446 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5447 // type. 5448 DeclSpec DS; 5449 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5450 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5451 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5452 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5453 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5454 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5455 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5456 } 5457 } 5458 } 5459} 5460 5461Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5462 Declarator &D) { 5463 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5464 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5465 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5466 5467 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5468 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5469 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5470 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5471} 5472 5473static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5474 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5475 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5476 return false; 5477 5478 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5479 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5480 return false; 5481 5482 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5483 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5484 return false; 5485 5486 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5487 if (FD->isMain()) 5488 return false; 5489 5490 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5491 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5492 return false; 5493 5494 // Don't warn about function templates. 5495 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5496 return false; 5497 5498 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5499 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5500 return false; 5501 5502 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5503 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5504 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5505 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5506 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5507 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5508 continue; 5509 5510 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5511 break; 5512 } 5513 5514 return MissingPrototype; 5515} 5516 5517Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5518 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5519 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5520 5521 if (!D) 5522 return D; 5523 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5524 5525 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5526 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5527 else 5528 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5529 5530 // Enter a new function scope 5531 PushFunctionScope(); 5532 5533 // See if this is a redefinition. 5534 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5535 // was an extern inline function. 5536 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5537 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5538 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5539 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5540 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5542 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5543 else 5544 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5545 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5546 } 5547 5548 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5549 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5550 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5551 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5552 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5553 } 5554 } 5555 5556 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5557 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5558 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5559 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5560 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5561 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5562 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5563 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5564 5565 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5566 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5567 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5568 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5569 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5570 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5571 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5572 5573 if (FnBodyScope) 5574 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5575 5576 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5577 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5578 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5579 5580 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5581 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5582 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5583 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5584 5585 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5586 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5587 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5588 5589 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5590 } 5591 } 5592 5593 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5594 // dllimport attribute. 5595 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5596 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5597 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5598 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5599 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5600 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5601 << "dllimport"; 5602 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5603 return FD; 5604 } 5605 5606 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5607 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5608 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5609 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5610 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5611 // emitted. 5612 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5613 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5614 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5615 } 5616 } 5617 return FD; 5618} 5619 5620/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5621/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5622/// optimization. 5623/// 5624/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5625/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5626/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5627/// use the named return value optimization. 5628/// 5629/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5630/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5631/// the NRVO variable. 5632/// 5633/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5634/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5635/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5636static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5637 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5638 5639 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5640 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5641 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5642 return; 5643 5644 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5645 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5646 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5647 return; 5648 } 5649 5650 if (NRVOCandidate) 5651 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5652} 5653 5654Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5655 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5656} 5657 5658Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5659 bool IsInstantiation) { 5660 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5661 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5662 if (FunTmpl) 5663 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5664 else 5665 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5666 5667 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5668 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 5669 5670 if (FD) { 5671 FD->setBody(Body); 5672 if (FD->isMain()) { 5673 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5674 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5675 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5676 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5677 } 5678 5679 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5680 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5681 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5682 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5683 5684 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5685 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5686 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5687 5688 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5689 } 5690 5691 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5692 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5693 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5694 MD->setBody(Body); 5695 if (Body) 5696 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5697 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5698 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5699 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5700 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5701 } 5702 } else { 5703 return 0; 5704 } 5705 5706 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5707 if (Body) { 5708 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5709 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5710 // Verify this. 5711 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5712 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5713 5714 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5715 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5716 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5717 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5718 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5719 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5720 5721 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5722 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5723 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5724 5725 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5726 Destructor->getParent()); 5727 } 5728 5729 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5730 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5731 // deletion in some later function. 5732 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 5733 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 5734 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5735 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5736 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5737 // enabled. 5738 ActivePolicy = &WP; 5739 } 5740 5741 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5742 } 5743 5744 if (!IsInstantiation) 5745 PopDeclContext(); 5746 5747 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 5748 5749 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5750 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5751 // deletion in some later function. 5752 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5753 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5754 5755 return dcl; 5756} 5757 5758/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5759/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5760NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5761 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5762 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5763 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5764 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5765 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5766 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5767 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5768 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5769 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5770 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5771 return Pos->second; 5772 } 5773 5774 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5775 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5776 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5777 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5778 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5779 else 5780 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5781 5782 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5783 const char *Dummy; 5784 DeclSpec DS; 5785 unsigned DiagID; 5786 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5787 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 5788 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5789 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5790 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(), 5791 false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5792 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 5793 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 5794 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 5795 SourceLocation()); 5796 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5797 5798 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5799 5800 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5801 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5802 5803 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5804 FD->setImplicit(); 5805 5806 CurContext = PrevDC; 5807 5808 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5809 5810 return FD; 5811} 5812 5813/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5814/// the declaration of this function. 5815/// 5816/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5817/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5818/// like NSLog or printf. 5819void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5820 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5821 return; 5822 5823 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5824 // actual attributes. 5825 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5826 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5827 unsigned FormatIdx; 5828 bool HasVAListArg; 5829 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5830 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5831 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5832 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5833 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5834 } 5835 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5836 HasVAListArg)) { 5837 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5838 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5839 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5840 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5841 } 5842 5843 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5844 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5845 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5846 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5847 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5848 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5849 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5850 } 5851 5852 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5853 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5854 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5855 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5856 } 5857 5858 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5859 if (!Name) 5860 return; 5861 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5862 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5863 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5864 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5865 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5866 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5867 // about. 5868 } else 5869 return; 5870 5871 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5872 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5873 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5874 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5875 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5876 } else 5877 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5878 "printf", 1, 5879 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5880 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5881 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5882 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5883 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5884 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5885 "printf", 2, 5886 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5887 } 5888} 5889 5890TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5891 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5892 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5893 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5894 5895 if (!TInfo) { 5896 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5897 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5898 } 5899 5900 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5901 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5902 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5903 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5904 D.getIdentifier(), 5905 TInfo); 5906 5907 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 5908 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 5909 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5910 return NewTD; 5911 } 5912 5913 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 5914 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 5915 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 5916 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 5917 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 5918 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 5919 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 5920 case TST_enum: 5921 case TST_struct: 5922 case TST_union: 5923 case TST_class: { 5924 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 5925 5926 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 5927 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 5928 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 5929 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) break; 5930 5931 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 5932 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 5933 5934 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 5935 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 5936 break; 5937 5938 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 5939 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5940 break; 5941 } 5942 5943 default: 5944 break; 5945 } 5946 5947 return NewTD; 5948} 5949 5950 5951/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5952/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5953/// 5954/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5955bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5956 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5957 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5958 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5959 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5960 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5961 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5962 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5963 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5964 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5965 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5966 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5967 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5968 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5969 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5970 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5971 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5972 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5973 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5974 return true; 5975 5976 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5977 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5978 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5979 bool isTemplate = false; 5980 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5981 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5982 5983 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5984 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5985 << isTemplate << &Name 5986 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5987 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5988 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5989 return true; 5990 } 5991 return false; 5992} 5993 5994/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5995/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5996/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5997/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5998Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5999 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6000 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6001 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6002 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6003 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6004 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6005 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6006 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6007 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6008 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6009 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6010 6011 OwnedDecl = false; 6012 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6013 6014 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6015 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6016 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 6017 bool Invalid = false; 6018 6019 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6020 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6021 // for non-C++ cases. 6022 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 6023 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6024 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6025 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 6026 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6027 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6028 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6029 isExplicitSpecialization, 6030 Invalid)) { 6031 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 6032 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 6033 6034 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6035 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6036 // be a member of another template). 6037 if (Invalid) 6038 return 0; 6039 6040 OwnedDecl = false; 6041 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6042 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6043 TemplateParams, 6044 AS); 6045 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 6046 return Result.get(); 6047 } else { 6048 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6049 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6050 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6051 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6052 } 6053 } 6054 } 6055 6056 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6057 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6058 // redeclaration. 6059 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6060 6061 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6062 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6063 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6064 // type, default to int. 6065 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6066 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6067 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6068 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6069 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6070 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6071 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6072 6073 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6074 6075 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6076 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6077 << T; 6078 // Recover by falling back to int. 6079 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6080 } 6081 6082 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6083 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6084 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6085 6086 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6087 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6088 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6089 } 6090 6091 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6092 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6093 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6094 6095 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6096 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6097 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6098 6099 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6100 6101 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6102 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6103 6104 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6105 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6106 Name = 0; 6107 goto CreateNewDecl; 6108 } 6109 6110 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6111 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6112 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6113 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6114 if (!DC) { 6115 IsDependent = true; 6116 return 0; 6117 } 6118 } else { 6119 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6120 if (!DC) { 6121 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6122 << SS.getRange(); 6123 return 0; 6124 } 6125 } 6126 6127 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6128 return 0; 6129 6130 SearchDC = DC; 6131 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6132 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6133 6134 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6135 return 0; 6136 6137 if (Previous.empty()) { 6138 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6139 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6140 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6141 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6142 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6143 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6144 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6145 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6146 IsDependent = true; 6147 return 0; 6148 } 6149 6150 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6151 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6152 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6153 Name = 0; 6154 Invalid = true; 6155 goto CreateNewDecl; 6156 } 6157 } else if (Name) { 6158 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6159 // declaration or definition. 6160 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6161 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6162 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6163 LookupName(Previous, S); 6164 6165 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6166 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6167 return 0; 6168 6169 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6170 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6171 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6172 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6173 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6174 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6175 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6176 } 6177 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6178 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6179 // initial context to the translation unit. 6180 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6181 } 6182 6183 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6184 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6185 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6186 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6187 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6188 Previous.clear(); 6189 } 6190 6191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6192 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6193 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6194 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6195 6196 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6197 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6198 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6199 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6200 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6201 } 6202 } 6203 6204 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6205 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6206 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6207 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6208 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6209 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6210 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6211 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6212 6213 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6214 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6215 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6216 // 6217 // class-key identifier 6218 // 6219 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6220 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6221 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6222 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6223 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6224 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6225 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6226 // declaration. 6227 // 6228 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6229 // C structs and unions. 6230 // 6231 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6232 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6233 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6234 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6235 // 6236 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6237 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6238 // 6239 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6240 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6241 // lexical context, 6242 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6243 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6244 6245 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6246 while (S->isClassScope() || 6247 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6248 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6249 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6250 (S->getEntity() && 6251 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6252 S = S->getParent(); 6253 } else { 6254 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6255 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6256 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6257 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6258 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6259 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6260 } 6261 6262 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6263 // diagnose some problems. 6264 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6265 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6266 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6267 } 6268 } 6269 6270 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6271 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6272 6273 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6274 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6275 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6276 // in C++. 6277 // 6278 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6279 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6280 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6281 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6282 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6283 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6284 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6285 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6286 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6287 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6288 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6289 PrevDecl = Tag; 6290 Previous.clear(); 6291 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6292 Previous.resolveKind(); 6293 } 6294 } 6295 } 6296 } 6297 6298 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6299 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6300 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6301 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6302 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6303 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6304 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6305 // struct or something similar. 6306 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6307 bool SafeToContinue 6308 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6309 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6310 if (SafeToContinue) 6311 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6312 << Name 6313 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6314 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6315 else 6316 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6317 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6318 6319 if (SafeToContinue) 6320 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6321 else { 6322 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6323 Name = 0; 6324 Previous.clear(); 6325 Invalid = true; 6326 } 6327 } 6328 6329 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6330 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6331 6332 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6333 // returning the previous declaration. 6334 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6335 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6336 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6337 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6338 return PrevTagDecl; 6339 } 6340 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6341 QualType T; 6342 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6343 T = TI->getType(); 6344 else 6345 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6346 6347 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6348 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6349 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6350 << T 6351 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6352 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6353 return PrevTagDecl; 6354 } 6355 } 6356 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6357 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6358 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6359 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6360 return PrevTagDecl; 6361 } 6362 } 6363 6364 if (!Invalid) { 6365 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6366 6367 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6368 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6369 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6370 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6371 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6372 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6373 return PrevTagDecl; 6374 6375 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6376 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6377 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6378 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6379 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6380 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6381 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6382 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6383 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6384 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6385 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6386 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6387 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6388 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6389 // references get the previous definition. 6390 Name = 0; 6391 Previous.clear(); 6392 Invalid = true; 6393 } 6394 } else { 6395 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6396 // about a nested redefinition. 6397 const TagType *Tag 6398 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6399 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6400 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6401 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6402 diag::note_previous_definition); 6403 Name = 0; 6404 Previous.clear(); 6405 Invalid = true; 6406 } 6407 } 6408 6409 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6410 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6411 } 6412 } 6413 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6414 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6415 6416 } else { 6417 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6418 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6419 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6420 // have distinct types. 6421 Previous.clear(); 6422 } 6423 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6424 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6425 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6426 6427 6428 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6429 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6430 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6431 } else { 6432 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6433 6434 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6435 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6436 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6437 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6438 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6439 unsigned Kind = 0; 6440 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6441 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6442 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6443 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6444 Invalid = true; 6445 6446 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6447 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 6448 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6449 // do nothing 6450 6451 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6452 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6453 unsigned Kind = 0; 6454 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6455 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6456 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6457 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6458 Invalid = true; 6459 6460 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6461 // case here. 6462 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6463 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6464 << Name 6465 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6466 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6467 Invalid = true; 6468 6469 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6470 } else { 6471 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6472 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6473 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6474 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6475 Name = 0; 6476 Invalid = true; 6477 } 6478 6479 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6480 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6481 Previous.clear(); 6482 } 6483 } 6484 6485CreateNewDecl: 6486 6487 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6488 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6489 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6490 6491 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6492 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6493 // keyword. 6494 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6495 6496 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6497 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6498 // PrevDecl. 6499 TagDecl *New; 6500 6501 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6502 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6503 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6504 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6505 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6506 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6507 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6508 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6509 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6510 TagDecl *Def; 6511 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6512 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6513 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6514 } 6515 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6516 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6517 << New; 6518 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6519 } else { 6520 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6521 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6522 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6523 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6524 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6525 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6526 6527 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6528 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6529 // the declaration context. 6530 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6531 IsForwardReference = true; 6532 } 6533 } 6534 6535 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6536 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6537 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6538 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6539 else 6540 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6541 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6542 } 6543 6544 } else { 6545 // struct/union/class 6546 6547 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6548 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6549 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6550 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6551 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6552 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6553 6554 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6555 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6556 } else 6557 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6558 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6559 } 6560 6561 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6562 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6563 if (SS.isSet()) { 6564 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 6565 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6566 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6567 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6568 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6569 } 6570 } 6571 else 6572 Invalid = true; 6573 } 6574 6575 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6576 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6577 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6578 // 6579 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6580 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6581 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6582 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6583 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6584 // parsing of the struct). 6585 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6586 } 6587 6588 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6589 // check the specialization. 6590 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6591 Invalid = true; 6592 6593 if (Invalid) 6594 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6595 6596 if (Attr) 6597 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6598 6599 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6600 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6601 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6602 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6603 6604 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6605 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6606 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6607 6608 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6609 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6610 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6611 6612 // Set the access specifier. 6613 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6614 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6615 6616 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6617 New->startDefinition(); 6618 6619 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6620 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6621 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6622 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6623 if (PrevDecl) 6624 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6625 6626 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6627 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6628 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6629 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6630 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6631 } else if (Name) { 6632 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6633 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6634 if (IsForwardReference) 6635 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6636 6637 } else { 6638 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6639 } 6640 6641 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6642 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6643 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6644 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6645 II->isStr("FILE")) 6646 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6647 6648 OwnedDecl = true; 6649 return New; 6650} 6651 6652void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6653 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6654 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6655 6656 // Enter the tag context. 6657 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6658} 6659 6660void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6661 ClassVirtSpecifiers &CVS, 6662 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6663 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6664 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6665 6666 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6667 6668 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6669 return; 6670 6671 if (CVS.isFinalSpecified()) 6672 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(CVS.getFinalLoc(), Context)); 6673 if (CVS.isExplicitSpecified()) 6674 Record->addAttr(new (Context) ExplicitAttr(CVS.getExplicitLoc(), Context)); 6675 6676 // C++ [class]p2: 6677 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6678 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6679 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6680 // as if it were a public member name. 6681 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6682 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6683 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6684 Record->getIdentifier(), 6685 Record->getLocStart(), 6686 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6687 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6688 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6689 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6690 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6691 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6692 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6693 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6694 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6695 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6696} 6697 6698void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6699 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6700 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6701 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6702 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6703 6704 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6705 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6706 6707 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6708 PopDeclContext(); 6709 6710 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6711 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6712} 6713 6714void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6715 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6716 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6717 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6718 6719 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6720 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6721 // the FieldCollector. 6722 6723 PopDeclContext(); 6724} 6725 6726// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6727bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6728 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6729 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6730 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6731 if (ZeroWidth) 6732 *ZeroWidth = true; 6733 6734 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6735 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6736 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6737 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6738 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6739 return true; 6740 if (FieldName) 6741 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6742 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6743 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6744 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6745 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6746 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6747 return true; 6748 6749 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6750 // it now. 6751 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6752 return false; 6753 6754 llvm::APSInt Value; 6755 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6756 return true; 6757 6758 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6759 *ZeroWidth = false; 6760 6761 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6762 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6763 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6764 6765 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6766 if (FieldName) 6767 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6768 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6769 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6770 << Value.toString(10); 6771 } 6772 6773 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6774 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6775 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6776 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6777 if (FieldName) 6778 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6779 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6780 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6781 6782 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6783 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6784 } 6785 6786 if (FieldName) 6787 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6788 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6789 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6790 else 6791 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6792 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6793 } 6794 } 6795 6796 return false; 6797} 6798 6799/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6800/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6801Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6802 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6803 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6804 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6805 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6806 AS_public); 6807 return Res; 6808} 6809 6810/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6811/// 6812FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6813 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6814 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6815 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6816 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6817 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6818 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6819 6820 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6821 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6822 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6823 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6824 6825 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 6826 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 6827 D.setInvalidType(); 6828 T = Context.IntTy; 6829 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 6830 } 6831 } 6832 6833 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6834 6835 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6836 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6837 6838 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6839 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6840 LookupName(Previous, S); 6841 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6842 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6843 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6844 6845 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6846 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6847 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6848 6849 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6850 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6851 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6852 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6853 PrevDecl = 0; 6854 } 6855 6856 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6857 PrevDecl = 0; 6858 6859 bool Mutable 6860 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6861 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6862 FieldDecl *NewFD 6863 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6864 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6865 6866 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6867 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6868 6869 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6870 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6871 // with the same name in the same scope. 6872 } else if (II) { 6873 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6874 } else 6875 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6876 6877 return NewFD; 6878} 6879 6880/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6881/// 6882/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6883/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6884/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6885/// created. 6886/// 6887/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6888/// 6889/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6890FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6891 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6892 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6893 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6894 SourceLocation TSSL, 6895 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6896 Declarator *D) { 6897 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6898 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6899 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6900 6901 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6902 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6903 if (T.isNull()) { 6904 InvalidDecl = true; 6905 T = Context.IntTy; 6906 } 6907 6908 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6909 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6910 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6911 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6912 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6913 InvalidDecl = true; 6914 } 6915 6916 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6917 // than a variably modified type. 6918 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6919 bool SizeIsNegative; 6920 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6921 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6922 SizeIsNegative, 6923 Oversized); 6924 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6925 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6926 T = FixedTy; 6927 } else { 6928 if (SizeIsNegative) 6929 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6930 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6931 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6932 << Oversized.toString(10); 6933 else 6934 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6935 InvalidDecl = true; 6936 } 6937 } 6938 6939 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6940 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6941 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6942 AbstractFieldType)) 6943 InvalidDecl = true; 6944 6945 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6946 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6947 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6948 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6949 InvalidDecl = true; 6950 BitWidth = 0; 6951 ZeroWidth = false; 6952 } 6953 6954 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6955 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6956 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6957 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6958 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6959 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6960 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6961 6962 if (DiagID) { 6963 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6964 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6965 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6966 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6967 Mutable = false; 6968 InvalidDecl = true; 6969 } 6970 } 6971 6972 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6973 BitWidth, Mutable); 6974 if (InvalidDecl) 6975 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6976 6977 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6978 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6979 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6980 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6981 } 6982 6983 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6984 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6985 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6986 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6987 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6988 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6989 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6990 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6991 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6992 // objects. 6993 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6994 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6995 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6996 } 6997 } 6998 6999 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7000 // the program is ill-formed. 7001 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7002 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7003 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7004 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7005 } 7006 } 7007 } 7008 7009 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7010 // representation, not a parser representation. 7011 if (D) 7012 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7013 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7014 7015 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7016 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7017 7018 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7019 return NewFD; 7020} 7021 7022bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7023 assert(FD); 7024 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7025 7026 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7027 return true; 7028 7029 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7030 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7031 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7032 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7033 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7034 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7035 // copy constructors. 7036 7037 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7038 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7039 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7040 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 7041 member = CXXConstructor; 7042 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7043 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7044 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7045 member = CXXDestructor; 7046 7047 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7048 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7049 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7050 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7051 return true; 7052 } 7053 } 7054 } 7055 7056 return false; 7057} 7058 7059/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7060/// special member, figure out why. 7061void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7062 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7063 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7064 7065 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7066 switch (member) { 7067 case CXXInvalid: 7068 break; 7069 7070 case CXXConstructor: 7071 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7072 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7073 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7074 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7075 ci->hasBody(body); 7076 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7077 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7078 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7079 return; 7080 } 7081 } 7082 7083 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7084 return; 7085 } 7086 break; 7087 7088 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7089 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7090 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7091 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7092 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7093 return; 7094 } 7095 break; 7096 7097 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7098 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7099 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7100 // assignment, not the type. 7101 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7102 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7103 return; 7104 } 7105 break; 7106 7107 case CXXDestructor: 7108 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7109 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7110 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7111 return; 7112 } 7113 break; 7114 } 7115 7116 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7117 7118 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7119 // but not trivial destruction. 7120 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7121 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7122 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7123 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7124 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7125 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7126 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7127 return; 7128 } 7129 7130 // Check for virtual methods. 7131 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7132 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7133 ++mi) { 7134 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7135 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7136 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7137 return; 7138 } 7139 } 7140 } 7141 7142 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7143 switch (member) { 7144 case CXXConstructor: 7145 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7146 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7147 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7148 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7149 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7150 case CXXDestructor: 7151 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7152 default: 7153 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7154 } 7155 7156 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7157 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7158 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7159 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7160 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7161 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7162 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7163 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7164 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7165 return; 7166 } 7167 } 7168 7169 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7170 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7171 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7172 ++fi) { 7173 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7174 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7175 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7176 7177 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7178 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7179 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7180 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7181 return; 7182 } 7183 } 7184 } 7185 7186 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7187} 7188 7189/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7190/// AST enum value. 7191static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7192TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7193 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7194 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7195 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7196 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7197 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7198 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7199 } 7200} 7201 7202/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7203/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7204Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7205 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7206 Decl *IntfDecl, 7207 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7208 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7209 7210 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7211 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7212 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7213 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7214 7215 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7216 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7217 7218 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7219 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7220 7221 if (BitWidth) { 7222 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7223 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7224 D.setInvalidType(); 7225 BitWidth = 0; 7226 } 7227 } else { 7228 // Not a bitfield. 7229 7230 // validate II. 7231 7232 } 7233 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7234 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7235 D.setInvalidType(); 7236 } 7237 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7238 // than a variably modified type. 7239 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7240 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7241 D.setInvalidType(); 7242 } 7243 7244 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7245 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7246 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7247 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7248 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7249 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7250 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7251 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7252 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7253 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7254 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7255 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7256 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7257 } 7258 else 7259 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7260 } else { 7261 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7262 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7263 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7264 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7265 return 0; 7266 } 7267 } 7268 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7269 } 7270 7271 // Construct the decl. 7272 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7273 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7274 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7275 7276 if (II) { 7277 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7278 ForRedeclaration); 7279 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7280 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7281 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7282 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7283 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7284 } 7285 } 7286 7287 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7288 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7289 7290 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7291 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7292 7293 if (II) { 7294 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7295 // these to the interface. 7296 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7297 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7298 } 7299 7300 return NewID; 7301} 7302 7303/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7304/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7305/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7306/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7307void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7308 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7309 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7310 return; 7311 7312 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7313 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7314 7315 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7316 return; 7317 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7318 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7319 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7320 return; 7321 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7322 if (!ID) { 7323 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7324 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7325 return; 7326 } 7327 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7328 else 7329 return; 7330 } 7331 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7332 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7333 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7334 7335 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7336 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7337 Context.CharTy, 7338 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7339 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7340 true); 7341 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7342} 7343 7344void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7345 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7346 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7347 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7348 AttributeList *Attr) { 7349 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7350 7351 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7352 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7353 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7354 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7355 return; 7356 } 7357 7358 7359 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7360 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7361 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7362 7363 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7364 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7365 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7366 7367 // Get the type for the field. 7368 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7369 7370 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7371 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7372 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7373 } 7374 7375 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7376 // diagnostics about it. 7377 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7378 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7379 continue; 7380 } 7381 7382 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7383 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7384 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7385 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7386 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7387 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7388 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7389 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7390 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7391 // array. 7392 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7393 // Field declared as a function. 7394 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7395 << FD->getDeclName(); 7396 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7397 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7398 continue; 7399 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7400 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7401 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 7402 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7403 // Flexible array member. 7404 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7405 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7406 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7407 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7408 if (Record->isUnion()) 7409 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 7410 << FD->getDeclName(); 7411 else if (NumFields == 1) 7412 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 7413 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7414 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7415 if (Record->isUnion()) 7416 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 7417 << FD->getDeclName(); 7418 else if (NumFields == 1) 7419 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 7420 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7421 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7422 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7423 << FD->getDeclName(); 7424 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7425 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7426 continue; 7427 } 7428 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7429 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7430 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7431 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7432 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7433 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7434 continue; 7435 } 7436 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7437 if (Record) 7438 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7439 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7440 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7441 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7442 // Incomplete type 7443 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7444 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7445 continue; 7446 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7447 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7448 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7449 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7450 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7451 } else { 7452 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7453 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7454 // structures. 7455 if (i != NumFields-1) 7456 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7457 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7458 else { 7459 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7460 // other structs as an extension. 7461 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7462 << FD->getDeclName(); 7463 if (Record) 7464 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7465 } 7466 } 7467 } 7468 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7469 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7470 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7471 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7472 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7473 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7474 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7475 continue; 7476 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7477 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7478 Record && 7479 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7480 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7481 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7482 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7483 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7484 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7485 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7486 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7487 } 7488 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7489 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7490 ++NumNamedMembers; 7491 } 7492 7493 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7494 if (Record) { 7495 bool Completed = false; 7496 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7497 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7498 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7499 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7500 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7501 I != E; ++I) 7502 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7503 7504 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7505 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7506 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7507 7508 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7509 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7510 // problem now. 7511 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7512 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7513 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7514 7515 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7516 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7517 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7518 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7519 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7520 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7521 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7522 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7523 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7524 continue; 7525 7526 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7527 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7528 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7529 // program is ill-formed. 7530 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7531 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7532 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7533 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7534 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7535 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7536 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7537 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7538 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7539 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7540 7541 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7542 } 7543 } 7544 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7545 Completed = true; 7546 } 7547 } 7548 } 7549 } 7550 7551 if (!Completed) 7552 Record->completeDefinition(); 7553 } else { 7554 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7555 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7556 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7557 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7558 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7559 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7560 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7561 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7562 } 7563 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7564 // duplicates. 7565 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7566 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7567 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7568 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7569 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7570 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7571 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7572 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7573 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7574 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7575 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7576 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7577 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7578 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7579 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7580 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7581 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7582 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7583 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7584 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7585 } 7586 } 7587 } 7588 7589 if (Attr) 7590 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7591 7592 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7593 // set the visibility of this record. 7594 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7595 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7596} 7597 7598/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7599/// the given type T. 7600static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7601 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7602 QualType T) { 7603 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7604 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7605 7606 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7607 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7608 --BitWidth; 7609 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7610 } 7611 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7612} 7613 7614// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7615// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7616static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7617 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7618 // enum checking below. 7619 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7620 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7621 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7622 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7623 }; 7624 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7625 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7626 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7627 }; 7628 7629 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7630 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7631 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7632 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7633 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7634 return Types[I]; 7635 7636 return QualType(); 7637} 7638 7639EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7640 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7641 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7642 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7643 Expr *Val) { 7644 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7645 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7646 QualType EltTy; 7647 7648 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7649 Val = 0; 7650 7651 if (Val) { 7652 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7653 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7654 else { 7655 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7656 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7657 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7658 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7659 Val = 0; 7660 } else { 7661 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7662 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7663 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7664 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7665 // representable as an int. 7666 7667 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7668 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7669 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7670 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7671 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7672 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7673 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7674 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7675 } 7676 } 7677 7678 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7679 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7680 7681 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7682 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7683 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7684 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7685 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7686 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7687 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7688 } else 7689 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7690 << EltTy; 7691 } else 7692 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7693 } 7694 else { 7695 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7696 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7697 // is the type of its initializing value: 7698 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7699 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7700 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7701 } 7702 } 7703 } 7704 } 7705 7706 if (!Val) { 7707 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7708 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7709 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7710 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7711 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7712 // is the type of its initializing value: 7713 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7714 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7715 // 7716 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7717 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7718 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7719 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7720 } 7721 else { 7722 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7723 } 7724 } else { 7725 // Assign the last value + 1. 7726 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7727 ++EnumVal; 7728 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7729 7730 // Check for overflow on increment. 7731 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7732 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7733 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7734 // is the type of its initializing value: 7735 // 7736 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7737 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7738 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7739 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7740 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7741 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7742 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7743 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7744 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7745 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7746 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7747 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7748 ++EnumVal; 7749 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7750 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7751 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7752 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7753 << EltTy; 7754 else 7755 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7756 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7757 } else { 7758 EltTy = T; 7759 } 7760 7761 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7762 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7763 // value, then increment. 7764 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7765 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7766 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7767 ++EnumVal; 7768 7769 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7770 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7771 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7772 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7773 // integral type. 7774 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7775 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7776 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7777 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7778 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7779 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7780 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7781 } 7782 } 7783 } 7784 7785 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7786 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7787 // enumerator's type. 7788 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7789 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7790 } 7791 7792 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7793 Val, EnumVal); 7794} 7795 7796 7797Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7798 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7799 AttributeList *Attr, 7800 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7801 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7802 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7803 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7804 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7805 7806 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7807 // we find one that is. 7808 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7809 7810 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7811 // scope. 7812 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7813 ForRedeclaration); 7814 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7815 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7816 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7817 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7818 PrevDecl = 0; 7819 } 7820 7821 if (PrevDecl) { 7822 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7823 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7824 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7825 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7826 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7827 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7828 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7829 else 7830 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7831 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7832 return 0; 7833 } 7834 } 7835 7836 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7837 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7838 // name different from T: 7839 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7840 // type 7841 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7842 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7843 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7844 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7845 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7846 7847 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7848 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7849 7850 if (New) { 7851 // Process attributes. 7852 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7853 7854 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7855 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7856 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7857 } 7858 7859 return New; 7860} 7861 7862void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7863 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7864 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7865 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7866 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7867 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7868 7869 if (Attr) 7870 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7871 7872 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7873 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7874 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7875 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7876 if (!ECD) continue; 7877 7878 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7879 } 7880 7881 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7882 return; 7883 } 7884 7885 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7886 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7887 // emit a warning. 7888 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7889 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7890 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7891 7892 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7893 // reverse the list. 7894 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7895 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7896 7897 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7898 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7899 7900 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7901 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7902 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7903 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7904 7905 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7906 7907 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7908 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7909 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7910 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7911 else 7912 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7913 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7914 7915 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7916 if (AllElementsInt) 7917 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7918 } 7919 7920 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7921 QualType BestType; 7922 unsigned BestWidth; 7923 7924 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7925 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7926 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7927 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7928 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7929 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7930 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7931 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7932 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7933 QualType BestPromotionType; 7934 7935 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7936 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7937 // enum definitions. 7938 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7939 Packed = true; 7940 7941 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7942 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7943 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7944 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7945 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7946 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7947 } 7948 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7949 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7950 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7951 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7952 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7953 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7954 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7955 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7956 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7957 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7958 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7959 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7960 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7961 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7962 } else { 7963 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7964 7965 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7966 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7967 } else { 7968 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7969 7970 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7971 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7972 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7973 } 7974 } 7975 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7976 } else { 7977 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7978 // all of the enumerator values. 7979 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7980 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7981 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7982 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7983 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7984 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7985 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7986 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7987 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7988 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7989 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7990 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7991 BestPromotionType 7992 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7993 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7994 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7995 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7996 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7997 BestPromotionType 7998 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7999 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8000 } else { 8001 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8002 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8003 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8004 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8005 BestPromotionType 8006 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8007 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8008 } 8009 } 8010 8011 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8012 // the type of the enum if needed. 8013 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8014 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8015 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8016 8017 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8018 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8019 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8020 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8021 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8022 8023 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8024 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8025 8026 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8027 // the enum decl type. 8028 QualType NewTy; 8029 unsigned NewWidth; 8030 bool NewSign; 8031 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8032 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8033 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8034 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8035 NewSign = true; 8036 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8037 // Already the right type! 8038 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8039 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8040 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8041 // enumeration. 8042 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8043 continue; 8044 } else { 8045 NewTy = BestType; 8046 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8047 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8048 } 8049 8050 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8051 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8052 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8053 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8054 8055 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8056 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8057 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8058 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8059 CK_IntegralCast, 8060 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8061 /*base paths*/ 0, 8062 VK_RValue)); 8063 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8064 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8065 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8066 // enumeration. 8067 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8068 else 8069 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8070 } 8071 8072 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8073 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8074} 8075 8076Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8077 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8078 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8079 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8080 8081 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8082 AsmString, StartLoc, 8083 EndLoc); 8084 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8085 return New; 8086} 8087 8088void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8089 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8090 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8091 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8092 8093 if (PrevDecl) { 8094 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8095 } else { 8096 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8097 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8098 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8099 } 8100} 8101 8102void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8103 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8104 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8105 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8106 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8107 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8108 LookupOrdinaryName); 8109 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8110 8111 if (PrevDecl) { 8112 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8113 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8114 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8115 } else { 8116 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8117 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8118 } 8119} 8120